Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 0bc735f | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #include "Sema.h" |
Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "SemaInherit.h" |
Anders Carlsson | c44eec6 | 2008-07-03 04:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | c4a1dea | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| 26 | // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include <algorithm> |
| 32 | #include <functional> |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | using namespace clang; |
| 34 | |
Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | /// getDeclName - Return a pretty name for the specified decl if possible, or |
| 36 | /// an empty string if not. This is used for pretty crash reporting. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | std::string Sema::getDeclName(DeclPtrTy d) { |
| 38 | Decl *D = d.getAs<Decl>(); |
Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | if (NamedDecl *DN = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) |
| 40 | return DN->getQualifiedNameAsString(); |
| 41 | return ""; |
| 42 | } |
| 43 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(DeclPtrTy Ptr) { |
| 45 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr.getAs<Decl>())); |
| 46 | } |
| 47 | |
Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, |
| 49 | /// return the declaration of that type. |
| 50 | /// |
| 51 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II |
| 52 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an |
| 54 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that |
| 55 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | /// |
| 57 | /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain |
| 58 | /// and then return NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | // C++ [temp.res]p3: |
| 62 | // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the |
| 63 | // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) |
| 64 | // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the |
| 65 | // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an |
| 66 | // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). |
| 67 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would |
| 69 | // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. |
| 70 | if (SS && isUnknownSpecialization(*SS)) |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | return 0; |
| 72 | |
Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | LookupResult Result |
| 74 | = LookupParsedName(S, SS, &II, LookupOrdinaryName, false, false); |
| 75 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | switch (Result.getKind()) { |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 79 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 80 | return 0; |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: |
| 83 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: { |
| 85 | // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. |
| 86 | for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); |
| 87 | Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { |
| 88 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 841b53c | 2009-04-13 15:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | if (!IIDecl || |
| 90 | (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < |
| 91 | IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) |
| 92 | IIDecl = *Res; |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | } |
| 94 | } |
| 95 | |
| 96 | if (!IIDecl) { |
| 97 | // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way |
| 98 | // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't |
| 99 | // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to |
| 100 | // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which |
| 101 | // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected |
| 102 | // a type name. |
| 103 | Result.Destroy(); |
| 104 | return 0; |
| 105 | } |
| 106 | |
| 107 | // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the |
| 108 | // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right |
| 109 | // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to |
| 110 | // perform the name lookup again. |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&II), NameLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | break; |
| 113 | } |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 116 | IIDecl = Result.getAsDecl(); |
| 117 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | } |
| 119 | |
Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | if (IIDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | QualType T; |
| 122 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | // Check whether we can use this type |
| 125 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | 7da97d0 | 2009-05-10 22:57:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | |
| 127 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 128 | // C++ [temp.local]p2: |
| 129 | // Within the scope of a class template specialization or |
| 130 | // partial specialization, when the injected-class-name is |
| 131 | // not followed by a <, it is equivalent to the |
| 132 | // injected-class-name followed by the template-argument s |
| 133 | // of the class template specialization or partial |
| 134 | // specialization enclosed in <>. |
| 135 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD)) |
| 136 | if (RD->isInjectedClassName()) |
| 137 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 138 | T = Template->getInjectedClassNameType(Context); |
| 139 | } |
| 140 | |
| 141 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 142 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | // Check whether we can use this interface. |
| 145 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); |
| 148 | } else |
| 149 | return 0; |
| 150 | |
Douglas Gregor | e625893 | 2009-03-19 00:39:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | if (SS) |
| 152 | T = getQualifiedNameType(*SS, T); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | return T.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | |
Steve Naroff | 3536b44 | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | return 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | } |
| 159 | |
Chris Lattner | 4c97d76 | 2009-04-12 21:49:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* |
| 161 | /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If |
| 162 | /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, |
| 163 | /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C |
| 164 | /// where the user forgot to specify the tag. |
| 165 | DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
| 166 | // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. |
| 167 | LookupResult R = LookupName(S, &II, LookupTagName, false, false); |
| 168 | if (R.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 169 | if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(R.getAsDecl())) { |
| 170 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
| 171 | case TagDecl::TK_struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; |
| 172 | case TagDecl::TK_union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; |
| 173 | case TagDecl::TK_class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; |
| 174 | case TagDecl::TK_enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; |
| 175 | } |
| 176 | } |
| 177 | |
| 178 | return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; |
| 179 | } |
| 180 | |
| 181 | |
| 182 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | // A C++ out-of-line method will return to the file declaration context. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | if (MD->isOutOfLineDefinition()) |
| 187 | return MD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | // A C++ inline method is parsed *after* the topmost class it was declared |
| 190 | // in is fully parsed (it's "complete"). |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | // The parsing of a C++ inline method happens at the declaration context of |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | // the topmost (non-nested) class it is lexically declared in. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(MD->getParent()) && "C++ method not in Record."); |
| 194 | DC = MD->getParent(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | DC = RD; |
| 197 | |
| 198 | // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is |
| 199 | // declared in. |
| 200 | return DC; |
| 201 | } |
| 202 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) |
| 204 | return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 205 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | return DC->getLexicalParent(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | } |
| 208 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && |
Zhongxing Xu | e50897a | 2008-12-08 07:14:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
Chris Lattner | 9fdf9c6 | 2008-04-22 18:39:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | CurContext = DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | S->setEntity(DC); |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | } |
| 215 | |
Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { |
| 217 | assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | } |
| 221 | |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function |
| 223 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. |
| 224 | /// |
| 225 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not |
| 226 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return |
| 227 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an |
| 228 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an |
| 229 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" |
| 230 | /// attribute. |
| 231 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Decl *PrevDecl, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 232 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 233 | return true; |
| 234 | |
| 235 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 236 | return true; |
| 237 | |
| 238 | return PrevDecl->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>() != 0; |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 242 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing |
| 244 | // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this |
| 245 | // scope. |
| 246 | while (S->getEntity() && |
| 247 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) |
| 248 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 249 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(D)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be |
| 253 | // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted |
| 254 | // into any context. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | CurContext->addDecl(Context, D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 256 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | // C++ [basic.scope]p4: |
| 258 | // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or |
| 259 | // enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other |
| 260 | // declarations shall all refer to the same object or |
| 261 | // enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; |
| 262 | // in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden. |
| 263 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { |
| 264 | // We are pushing the name of a tag (enum or class). |
Douglas Gregor | e21b994 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext() |
| 266 | == TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | // We're pushing the tag into the current context, which might |
| 268 | // require some reshuffling in the identifier resolver. |
| 269 | IdentifierResolver::iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | I = IdResolver.begin(TD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 271 | IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| 272 | if (I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S)) { |
| 273 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *I; |
| 274 | for (; I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S); |
| 275 | PrevDecl = *I, ++I) { |
| 276 | if (TD->declarationReplaces(*I)) { |
| 277 | // This is a redeclaration. Remove it from the chain and |
| 278 | // break out, so that we'll add in the shadowed |
| 279 | // declaration. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*I)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | if (PrevDecl == *I) { |
| 282 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 283 | IdResolver.AddDecl(TD); |
| 284 | return; |
| 285 | } else { |
| 286 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 287 | break; |
| 288 | } |
| 289 | } |
| 290 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | // There is already a declaration with the same name in the same |
| 293 | // scope, which is not a tag declaration. It must be found |
| 294 | // before we find the new declaration, so insert the new |
| 295 | // declaration at the end of the chain. |
| 296 | IdResolver.AddShadowedDecl(TD, PrevDecl); |
| 297 | |
| 298 | return; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | } |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| 302 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(D, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | // We are pushing the name of a function, which might be an |
| 304 | // overloaded name. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | IdentifierResolver::iterator Redecl |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | = std::find_if(IdResolver.begin(FD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | IdResolver.end(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | std::bind1st(std::mem_fun(&NamedDecl::declarationReplaces), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | FD)); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | if (Redecl != IdResolver.end() && |
| 312 | S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(*Redecl))) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | // There is already a declaration of a function on our |
| 314 | // IdResolver chain. Replace it with this declaration. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*Redecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*Redecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 516ff43 | 2009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | } else if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { |
| 319 | // We're pushing an Objective-C interface into the current |
| 320 | // context. If there is already an alias declaration, remove it first. |
| 321 | for (IdentifierResolver::iterator |
| 322 | I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| 323 | I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 324 | if (isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(*I)) { |
| 325 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*I)); |
| 326 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 327 | break; |
| 328 | } |
| 329 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | IdResolver.AddDecl(D); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | } |
| 334 | |
Steve Naroff | b216c88 | 2007-10-09 22:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | if (S->decl_empty()) return; |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && |
| 338 | "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); |
| 341 | I != E; ++I) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | Decl *TmpD = (*I).getAs<Decl>(); |
Steve Naroff | c752d04 | 2007-09-13 18:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 344 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); |
| 346 | NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; |
Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | // Remove this name from our lexical scope. |
| 351 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | } |
| 353 | } |
| 354 | |
Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | /// getObjCInterfaceDecl - Look up a for a class declaration in the scope. |
| 356 | /// return 0 if one not found. |
Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 357 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) { |
Steve Naroff | 3110251 | 2008-04-02 18:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in |
| 359 | // creation from this context. |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | |
Steve Naroff | b327ce0 | 2008-04-02 14:35:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 362 | return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | } |
| 364 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting |
| 366 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes |
| 367 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and |
| 368 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but |
| 369 | /// ill-formed in C++: |
| 370 | /// @code |
| 371 | /// struct S6 { |
| 372 | /// enum { BAR } e; |
| 373 | /// }; |
| 374 | /// |
| 375 | /// void test_S6() { |
| 376 | /// struct S6 a; |
| 377 | /// a.e = BAR; |
| 378 | /// } |
| 379 | /// @endcode |
| 380 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different |
| 381 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration |
| 382 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated |
| 383 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent |
| 384 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this |
| 385 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the |
| 386 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot |
| 387 | /// contain non-field names. |
| 388 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { |
| 389 | while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 390 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 391 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || |
| 392 | (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) |
| 393 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 394 | return S; |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) |
| 399 | return; |
| 400 | |
| 401 | IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupName(TUScope, VaIdent, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Steve Naroff | 733002f | 2007-10-18 22:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); |
| 405 | } |
| 406 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at |
| 408 | /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true |
| 409 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the |
| 410 | /// built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 413 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 414 | Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; |
| 415 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7eb1c | 2008-09-28 05:54:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | InitBuiltinVaListType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | |
Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | Builtin::Context::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| 420 | QualType R = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetBuiltinType(BID, Context, Error); |
| 421 | switch (Error) { |
| 422 | case Builtin::Context::GE_None: |
| 423 | // Okay |
| 424 | break; |
| 425 | |
| 426 | case Builtin::Context::GE_Missing_FILE: |
| 427 | if (ForRedeclaration) |
| 428 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) |
| 429 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 430 | return 0; |
| 431 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | |
| 433 | if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { |
| 434 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 435 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) |
| 436 | << R; |
Douglas Gregor | b1152d8 | 2009-02-16 21:58:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && |
Chris Lattner | 6a7334d | 2009-04-16 03:59:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 439 | != Diagnostic::Ignored) |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) |
| 441 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) |
| 442 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 443 | } |
| 444 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ff898cd | 2008-04-17 14:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| 446 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | Loc, II, R, |
Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | FunctionDecl::Extern, false, |
| 449 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | New->setImplicit(); |
| 451 | |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 453 | // FunctionDecl. |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 456 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) |
| 457 | Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | FT->getArgType(i), VarDecl::None, 0)); |
Ted Kremenek | fc76761 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | } |
| 461 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | |
Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to |
| 466 | // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext |
| 467 | // entirely, but we're not there yet. |
| 468 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; |
| 469 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | CurContext = SavedContext; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | return New; |
| 473 | } |
| 474 | |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | /// GetStdNamespace - This method gets the C++ "std" namespace. This is where |
| 476 | /// everything from the standard library is defined. |
| 477 | NamespaceDecl *Sema::GetStdNamespace() { |
| 478 | if (!StdNamespace) { |
Chris Lattner | 8edea83 | 2008-11-20 05:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | IdentifierInfo *StdIdent = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("std"); |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | DeclContext *Global = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | Decl *Std = LookupQualifiedName(Global, StdIdent, LookupNamespaceName); |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | StdNamespace = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Std); |
| 483 | } |
| 484 | return StdNamespace; |
| 485 | } |
| 486 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the |
| 488 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out |
| 489 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | /// |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
| 493 | // If either decl is known invalid already, set the new one to be invalid and |
| 494 | // don't bother doing any merging checks. |
| 495 | if (New->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 496 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 497 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | bool objc_types = false; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. |
| 501 | // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! |
| 502 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); |
| 504 | switch (TypeID->getLength()) { |
| 505 | default: break; |
| 506 | case 2: |
| 507 | if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) |
| 508 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 319ac89 | 2009-04-23 22:29:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | Context.setObjCIdType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New)); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | objc_types = true; |
| 511 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | case 5: |
| 513 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) |
| 514 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 319ac89 | 2009-04-23 22:29:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | Context.setObjCClassType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New)); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | return; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | case 3: |
| 518 | if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) |
| 519 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 319ac89 | 2009-04-23 22:29:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | Context.setObjCSelType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New)); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 521 | return; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | case 8: |
| 523 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) |
| 524 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | return; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | } |
| 528 | // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. |
| 529 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | // Verify the old decl was also a type. |
| 531 | TypeDecl *Old = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(OldD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | if (!Old) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | |
| 540 | // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. |
| 541 | QualType OldType; |
| 542 | if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) |
| 543 | OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 544 | else |
| 545 | OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); |
| 546 | |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and |
| 548 | // with any extensions enabled. |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | |
| 550 | if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && |
| 551 | Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | } |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | |
| 560 | if (objc_types || getLangOptions().Microsoft) |
| 561 | return; |
Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | |
Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: |
| 564 | // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to |
| 565 | // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer |
| 566 | // to the type to which it already refers. |
Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 568 | if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | return; |
Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| 571 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 572 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | } |
Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | |
Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning |
| 577 | // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with |
Chris Lattner | d0359af | 2009-04-27 01:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original was in a system header, |
| 579 | // don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. |
| 580 | if (PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && |
| 581 | Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation())) |
| 582 | return; |
| 583 | |
Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) |
| 585 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | return; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | } |
| 589 | |
Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target |
| 591 | /// attribute. |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) { |
| 593 | for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) |
| 594 | if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind()) |
| 595 | return true; |
| 596 | |
| 597 | return false; |
| 598 | } |
| 599 | |
| 600 | /// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { |
Douglas Gregor | 9f9bf25 | 2009-04-28 06:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | for (const Attr *attr = Old->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) { |
| 603 | if (!DeclHasAttr(New, attr) && attr->isMerged()) { |
| 604 | Attr *NewAttr = attr->clone(C); |
| 605 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 606 | New->addAttr(NewAttr); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | } |
| 608 | } |
| 609 | } |
| 610 | |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in |
| 612 | /// C. |
| 613 | struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { |
| 614 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm; |
| 615 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm; |
| 616 | QualType PromotedType; |
| 617 | }; |
| 618 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from |
| 620 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous |
| 621 | /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, |
| 622 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | /// |
| 624 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not |
| 625 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are |
| 626 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be |
| 627 | /// merged with. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | /// |
| 629 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 630 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD) && |
| 632 | "Cannot merge with an overloaded function declaration"); |
| 633 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | // Verify the old decl was also a function. |
| 635 | FunctionDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); |
| 636 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | |
| 643 | // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, |
| 644 | // implicit declaration, or a declaration. |
| 645 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 646 | if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | else if (Old->isImplicit()) |
| 649 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; |
| 650 | else |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | |
Chris Lattner | 8bcfc5b | 2008-04-06 23:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| 654 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 5519644 | 2007-11-20 19:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && |
| 657 | New->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static && |
| 658 | Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Static) { |
| 659 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) |
| 660 | << New; |
| 661 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); |
| 662 | return true; |
| 663 | } |
| 664 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 666 | // (C++98 13.1p2): |
| 667 | // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: |
| 668 | // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type |
| 669 | // cannot be overloaded. |
| 670 | QualType OldReturnType |
| 671 | = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 672 | QualType NewReturnType |
| 673 | = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 674 | if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { |
| 675 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | } |
| 679 | |
| 680 | const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
| 681 | const CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && |
| 683 | OldMethod->getLexicalDeclContext() == |
| 684 | NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the |
| 686 | // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them |
| 687 | // is a static member function declaration. |
| 688 | if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
| 689 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | |
| 694 | // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| 695 | // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the |
| 696 | // member-specification, except that a nested class or member |
| 697 | // class template can be declared and then later defined. |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | unsigned NewDiag; |
| 699 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) |
| 700 | NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; |
| 701 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 702 | NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; |
| 703 | else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 704 | NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; |
| 705 | else |
| 706 | NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; |
| 707 | |
| 708 | Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); |
| 709 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | } |
| 711 | |
| 712 | // (C++98 8.3.5p3): |
| 713 | // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the |
| 714 | // return type and the parameter-type-list. |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | if (OldQType == NewQType) |
| 716 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | |
| 718 | // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. |
Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | |
| 721 | // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles |
Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Eli Friedman | 3d815e7 | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; |
| 728 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the |
| 731 | // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. |
| 732 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 733 | OldProto->arg_type_end()); |
| 734 | NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), |
| 735 | &ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes.size(), |
| 736 | OldProto->isVariadic(), |
| 737 | OldProto->getTypeQuals()); |
| 738 | New->setType(NewQType); |
Anders Carlsson | a75e853 | 2009-05-14 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | |
| 741 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 742 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 745 | ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); |
| 746 | ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { |
| 747 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, |
| 748 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 749 | *ParamType, VarDecl::None, |
| 750 | 0); |
| 751 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 752 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 753 | } |
| 754 | |
| 755 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | } |
Chris Lattner | e3995fe | 2007-11-06 06:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration |
| 762 | // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition |
| 763 | // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the |
| 764 | // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ |
| 765 | // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from |
| 766 | // the prototype. |
| 767 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && |
| 769 | New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType() && |
| 770 | Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { |
| 771 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; |
| 772 | llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; |
| 773 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto |
| 774 | = Old->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
| 775 | const FunctionProtoType *NewProto |
| 776 | = New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
| 777 | |
| 778 | // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. |
| 779 | bool GNUCompatible = |
| 780 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldProto->getResultType(), |
| 781 | NewProto->getResultType()) && |
| 782 | (OldProto->isVariadic() == NewProto->isVariadic()); |
| 783 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); |
| 784 | GNUCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { |
| 785 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 786 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 787 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 788 | NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { |
| 789 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 790 | } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 791 | NewParm->getType())) { |
| 792 | GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn |
| 793 | = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; |
| 794 | Warnings.push_back(Warn); |
| 795 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 796 | } else |
| 797 | GNUCompatible = false; |
| 798 | } |
| 799 | |
| 800 | if (GNUCompatible) { |
| 801 | for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { |
| 802 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), |
| 803 | diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) |
| 804 | << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType |
| 805 | << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); |
| 806 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), |
| 807 | diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | |
| 810 | New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(NewProto->getResultType(), |
| 811 | &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(), |
| 812 | NewProto->isVariadic(), |
| 813 | NewProto->getTypeQuals())); |
| 814 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
| 815 | } |
| 816 | |
| 817 | // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. |
| 818 | } |
| 819 | |
Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined |
| 821 | // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 823 | // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible |
| 824 | // signature. |
| 825 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| 826 | // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined |
| 827 | // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the |
Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this |
| 829 | // library built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; |
| 831 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| 832 | << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); |
| 834 | Old->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 835 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | } |
Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 838 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | } |
| 845 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are |
| 847 | /// known to be compatible. |
| 848 | /// |
| 849 | /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other |
| 850 | /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to |
| 851 | /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a |
| 852 | /// redeclaration of Old. |
| 853 | /// |
| 854 | /// \returns false |
| 855 | bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { |
| 856 | // Merge the attributes |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | |
| 859 | // Merge the storage class. |
Douglas Gregor | 9f9bf25 | 2009-04-28 06:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | if (Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Extern) |
| 861 | New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | |
Douglas Gregor | b3efa98 | 2009-04-23 18:22:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | // Merge "inline" |
| 864 | if (Old->isInline()) |
| 865 | New->setInline(true); |
| 866 | |
| 867 | // If this function declaration by itself qualifies as a C99 inline |
| 868 | // definition (C99 6.7.4p6), but the previous definition did not, |
| 869 | // then the function is not a C99 inline definition. |
| 870 | if (New->isC99InlineDefinition() && !Old->isC99InlineDefinition()) |
| 871 | New->setC99InlineDefinition(false); |
| 872 | else if (Old->isC99InlineDefinition() && !New->isC99InlineDefinition()) { |
| 873 | // Mark all preceding definitions as not being C99 inline definitions. |
| 874 | for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = Old; Prev; |
| 875 | Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) |
| 876 | const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Prev)->setC99InlineDefinition(false); |
| 877 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | |
| 879 | // Merge "pure" flag. |
| 880 | if (Old->isPure()) |
| 881 | New->setPure(); |
| 882 | |
| 883 | // Merge the "deleted" flag. |
| 884 | if (Old->isDeleted()) |
| 885 | New->setDeleted(); |
| 886 | |
| 887 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 888 | return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); |
| 889 | |
| 890 | return false; |
| 891 | } |
| 892 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name |
| 894 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this |
| 895 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 896 | /// |
Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by |
| 898 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative |
| 899 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | /// |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
| 902 | // If either decl is invalid, make sure the new one is marked invalid and |
| 903 | // don't do any other checking. |
| 904 | if (New->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 905 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 906 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | // Verify the old decl was also a variable. |
| 908 | VarDecl *Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldD); |
| 909 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | } |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | |
Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | // Merge the types |
| 919 | QualType MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); |
| 920 | if (MergedT.isNull()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6037fcb | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) |
| 922 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | } |
Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | New->setType(MergedT); |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. |
| 929 | if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | // C99 6.2.2p4: |
| 936 | // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier |
| 937 | // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that |
| 938 | // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies |
| 939 | // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at |
| 940 | // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at |
| 941 | // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or |
| 942 | // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the |
| 943 | // identifier has external linkage. |
Douglas Gregor | 38179b2 | 2009-03-23 16:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) |
Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | /* Okay */; |
| 946 | else if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && |
| 947 | Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | |
Steve Naroff | 094cefb | 2008-09-17 14:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | |
| 955 | // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still |
| 956 | // need to check for mismatches. |
| 957 | if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. |
| 959 | !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 960 | !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { |
| 967 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 968 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 969 | } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { |
| 970 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 971 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | // Keep a chain of previous declarations. |
| 975 | New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | } |
| 977 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given |
| 979 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This |
| 980 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the |
| 981 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function |
| 982 | /// parameters are complete. |
| 983 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 984 | bool HasInvalidParm = false; |
| 985 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 986 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
| 987 | |
| 988 | // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a |
| 989 | // function declarator that is part of a function definition of |
| 990 | // that function shall not have incomplete type. |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | // |
| 992 | // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 997 | HasInvalidParm = true; |
| 998 | } |
Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | |
| 1000 | // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the |
| 1001 | // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && |
| 1003 | !Param->isImplicit() && |
| 1004 | !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | return HasInvalidParm; |
| 1009 | } |
| 1010 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| 1012 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) { |
Eli Friedman | d296836 | 2009-04-09 21:26:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope |
| 1015 | // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit |
| 1016 | // FIXME: Error on invalid restrict |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread |
Eli Friedman | d296836 | 2009-04-09 21:26:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile |
| 1019 | // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable |
| 1020 | // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | TagDecl *Tag = 0; |
| 1022 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 1023 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| 1024 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
Douglas Gregor | 4d9a16f | 2009-05-12 23:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { |
| 1026 | if (!DS.getTypeRep()) // We probably had an error |
| 1027 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
| 1028 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep())); |
Douglas Gregor | 4d9a16f | 2009-05-12 23:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 1033 | if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && |
Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| 1035 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
| 1036 | Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) |
| 1037 | return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record); |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 1040 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 1041 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | |
| 1043 | // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain |
| 1044 | // about them. |
| 1045 | // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? |
| 1046 | if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | } |
| 1049 | |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && |
| 1051 | DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { |
Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an |
| 1053 | // extension in both Microsoft an GNU. |
Douglas Gregor | 8158f69 | 2009-01-17 02:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| 1055 | Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) |
Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); |
Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | } |
| 1060 | |
Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 1062 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | } |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the |
| 1070 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner |
| 1071 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize |
| 1072 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or |
| 1073 | /// struct, e.g., |
| 1074 | /// |
| 1075 | /// @code |
| 1076 | /// union { |
| 1077 | /// int i; |
| 1078 | /// float f; |
| 1079 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and |
| 1080 | /// // f into the surrounding scope.x |
| 1081 | /// @endcode |
| 1082 | /// |
| 1083 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous |
| 1084 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. |
| 1085 | bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 1086 | RecordDecl *AnonRecord) { |
| 1087 | bool Invalid = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(Context), |
| 1089 | FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(Context); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | F != FEnd; ++F) { |
| 1091 | if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), |
| 1093 | LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 1095 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1096 | // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be |
| 1097 | // distinct from the names of any other entity in the |
| 1098 | // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. |
| 1099 | unsigned diagKind |
| 1100 | = AnonRecord->isUnion()? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl |
| 1101 | : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; |
| 1102 | Diag((*F)->getLocation(), diagKind) |
| 1103 | << (*F)->getDeclName(); |
| 1104 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 1105 | Invalid = true; |
| 1106 | } else { |
| 1107 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1108 | // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union |
| 1109 | // definition, the members of the anonymous union are |
| 1110 | // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the |
| 1111 | // anonymous union is declared. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(Context, *F); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*F)); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType |
| 1117 | = (*F)->getType()->getAsRecordType()) { |
| 1118 | RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); |
| 1119 | if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| 1120 | Invalid = Invalid || |
| 1121 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord); |
| 1122 | } |
| 1123 | } |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | return Invalid; |
| 1126 | } |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an |
| 1129 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature |
| 1130 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures |
| 1131 | /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 1133 | RecordDecl *Record) { |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. |
| 1137 | if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1138 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); |
| 1139 | else if (!Record->isUnion()) |
| 1140 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous |
| 1143 | // structs/unions. |
| 1144 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 1145 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1146 | const char* PrevSpec = 0; |
| 1147 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1148 | // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the |
| 1149 | // global namespace shall be declared static. |
| 1150 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && |
| 1151 | (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || |
| 1152 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && |
| 1153 | cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { |
| 1154 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); |
| 1155 | Invalid = true; |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 | // Recover by adding 'static'. |
| 1158 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), PrevSpec); |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1161 | // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an |
| 1162 | // anonymous union in a class scope. |
| 1163 | else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && |
| 1164 | isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1165 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1166 | diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); |
| 1167 | Invalid = true; |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | // Recover by removing the storage specifier. |
| 1170 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), |
| 1171 | PrevSpec); |
| 1172 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | |
| 1174 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1175 | // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only |
| 1176 | // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and |
| 1177 | // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(Context), |
| 1179 | MemEnd = Record->decls_end(Context); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { |
| 1181 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 1182 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1183 | // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected |
| 1184 | // members (clause 11). |
| 1185 | if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) { |
| 1186 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) |
| 1187 | << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); |
| 1188 | Invalid = true; |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { |
| 1191 | // Any implicit members are fine. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { |
| 1193 | // This is a type that showed up in an |
| 1194 | // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or |
| 1195 | // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the |
| 1196 | // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 1198 | if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| 1199 | MemRecord->getDeclName()) { |
| 1200 | // This is a nested type declaration. |
| 1201 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 1202 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 1203 | Invalid = true; |
| 1204 | } |
| 1205 | } else { |
| 1206 | // We have something that isn't a non-static data |
| 1207 | // member. Complain about it. |
| 1208 | unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; |
| 1209 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1210 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; |
| 1211 | else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1212 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; |
| 1213 | else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1214 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; |
| 1215 | Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) |
| 1216 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 1217 | Invalid = true; |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | } |
Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | |
| 1222 | if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) |
| 1224 | << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | Invalid = true; |
| 1226 | } |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | NamedDecl *Anon = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1231 | Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1232 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1233 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | Anon->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 1236 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1237 | FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | } else { |
| 1239 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1240 | switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1241 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1242 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1243 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1244 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1245 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1246 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1247 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1248 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1249 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1250 | // an error here |
| 1251 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1252 | Invalid = true; |
| 1253 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1254 | break; |
| 1255 | } |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1258 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1259 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | SC, DS.getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | Anon->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | |
| 1264 | // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current |
| 1265 | // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of |
| 1266 | // its members. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | Owner->addDecl(Context, Anon); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | |
| 1269 | // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning |
| 1270 | // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| 1271 | // purposes. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record)) |
| 1273 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | |
| 1275 | // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not |
| 1276 | // do this until after we have already checked and injected the |
| 1277 | // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise |
| 1278 | // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it |
| 1279 | // builds its lookup table, and once by |
| 1280 | // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. |
| 1281 | Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | if (Invalid) |
| 1284 | Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1285 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Anon); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | } |
| 1288 | |
Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the |
| 1291 | /// given Declarator. |
| 1292 | DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { |
| 1293 | switch (D.getKind()) { |
| 1294 | case Declarator::DK_Abstract: |
| 1295 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "abstract declarators have no name"); |
| 1296 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | case Declarator::DK_Normal: |
| 1299 | assert (D.getIdentifier() != 0 && "normal declarators have an identifier"); |
| 1300 | return DeclarationName(D.getIdentifier()); |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | case Declarator::DK_Constructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1305 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(Ty); |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | case Declarator::DK_Destructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1311 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(Ty); |
| 1312 | } |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | case Declarator::DK_Conversion: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | // FIXME: We'd like to keep the non-canonical type for diagnostics! |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
| 1317 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1318 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(Ty); |
| 1319 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e94ca9e4 | 2008-11-18 14:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | |
| 1321 | case Declarator::DK_Operator: |
| 1322 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "operator names have no identifier"); |
| 1323 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( |
| 1324 | D.getOverloadedOperator()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | } |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); |
| 1328 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1329 | } |
| 1330 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions |
| 1332 | /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic |
| 1333 | /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line |
| 1334 | /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within |
| 1335 | /// the class or namespace. |
| 1336 | static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1337 | FunctionDecl *Declaration, |
| 1338 | FunctionDecl *Definition) { |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) |
| 1340 | return false; |
| 1341 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
| 1342 | QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1343 | QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | DeclParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1346 | DefParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1347 | if (DeclParamTy.getUnqualifiedType() != DefParamTy.getUnqualifiedType()) |
| 1348 | return false; |
| 1349 | } |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | return true; |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | Sema::DeclPtrTy |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, bool IsFunctionDefinition) { |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1357 | |
Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have |
| 1359 | // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | if (!Name) { |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. |
Chris Lattner | 1f6f54b | 2008-11-11 06:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | diag::err_declarator_need_ident) |
| 1364 | << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | } |
| 1367 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 1369 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1373 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | DeclContext *DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | NamedDecl *New; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 9fa14a5 | 2009-03-06 19:06:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) { |
| 1382 | DC = CurContext; |
| 1383 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 9fa14a5 | 2009-03-06 19:06:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | } else if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | LookupNameKind NameKind = LookupOrdinaryName; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function |
| 1389 | // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with |
| 1390 | // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 1391 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 1392 | /* Do nothing*/; |
| 1393 | else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
| 1394 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1395 | NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; |
| 1396 | } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) |
| 1397 | NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; |
| 1398 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Name, NameKind, true, |
Douglas Gregor | 9add317 | 2009-02-17 03:23:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != |
| 1402 | DeclSpec::SCS_static, |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); |
Douglas Gregor | 4fdf1fa | 2009-03-11 16:48:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); ? |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | |
| 1409 | // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: |
| 1410 | // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named |
| 1411 | // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit |
| 1412 | // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being |
| 1413 | // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears |
| 1414 | // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the |
| 1415 | // declarations namespace. |
| 1416 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet |
| 1418 | // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually |
| 1419 | // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: |
| 1420 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | // class X { |
| 1422 | // void f(); |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | // void f(float); |
Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | // }; |
| 1425 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed |
| 1427 | // |
| 1428 | // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set |
| 1429 | // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them |
| 1430 | // matches. |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | |
| 1432 | // First check whether we named the global scope. |
| 1433 | if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { |
| 1434 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) |
| 1435 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1436 | } else if (!CurContext->Encloses(DC)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. |
| 1438 | // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. |
| 1439 | SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 1440 | SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) |
Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | else |
Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1444 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | } |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | if (!D.isInvalidType()) |
| 1453 | if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl)) |
| 1454 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 1455 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 1457 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type |
| 1461 | // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a |
| 1463 | // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). |
| 1464 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Tag && |
| 1465 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1467 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | bool Redeclaration = false; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, PrevDecl, Redeclaration); |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, PrevDecl, |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, PrevDecl, Redeclaration); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | |
| 1478 | if (New == 0) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration, |
| 1482 | // add it to the scope stack. |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | if (Name && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | } |
| 1488 | |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array |
| 1490 | /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise |
| 1491 | /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). |
| 1492 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, |
| 1493 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 1494 | bool &SizeIsNegative) { |
| 1495 | // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant |
| 1496 | // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary |
| 1497 | // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy |
| 1498 | // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} |
| 1499 | SizeIsNegative = false; |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(T)) { |
| 1502 | QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| 1503 | QualType FixedType = |
| 1504 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
| 1505 | if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
Eli Friedman | 61125c8 | 2009-02-21 00:58:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); |
| 1507 | FixedType.setCVRQualifiers(T.getCVRQualifiers()); |
| 1508 | return FixedType; |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | if (!VLATy) |
| 1513 | return QualType(); |
| 1514 | // FIXME: We should probably handle this case |
| 1515 | if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
| 1516 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | |
| 1518 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
| 1519 | if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || |
| 1521 | !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
| 1525 | if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) |
| 1526 | return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), |
| 1527 | Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | SizeIsNegative = true; |
| 1530 | return QualType(); |
| 1531 | } |
| 1532 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so |
| 1534 | /// that it can be found later for redeclarations |
| 1535 | void |
| 1536 | Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 1537 | Scope *S) { |
| 1538 | assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && |
| 1539 | "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); |
| 1540 | // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. |
| 1541 | LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 1544 | return; |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be |
| 1547 | // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new |
| 1548 | // declaration. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver |
| 1551 | // chain, so remove it from its scope. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | while (S && !S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | if (S) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | } |
| 1558 | } |
| 1559 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that |
| 1561 | /// does not identify a function. |
| 1562 | void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { |
| 1563 | // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid |
| 1564 | // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" |
| 1565 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) |
| 1566 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| 1567 | diag::err_inline_non_function); |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) |
| 1570 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 1571 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) |
| 1574 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| 1575 | diag::err_explicit_non_function); |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | QualType R, Decl* PrevDecl, bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1582 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1583 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) |
| 1584 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. |
| 1587 | DC = 0; |
| 1588 | } |
| 1589 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1591 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | } |
| 1594 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| 1596 | |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| 1598 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| 1599 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | if (!NewTD) return 0; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | |
| 1603 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 1604 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 | |
| 1606 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1607 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewTD, D); |
| 1608 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| 1609 | // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| 1610 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | Redeclaration = true; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, PrevDecl); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | } |
| 1614 | |
Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type |
| 1616 | // then it shall have block scope. |
| 1617 | QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 1618 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 1619 | CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = true; |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 1623 | QualType FixedTy = |
| 1624 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
| 1625 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 1626 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 1627 | NewTD->setUnderlyingType(FixedTy); |
| 1628 | } else { |
| 1629 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 1630 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 1631 | else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) |
| 1632 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1633 | else |
| 1634 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | } |
| 1638 | } |
| 1639 | return NewTD; |
| 1640 | } |
| 1641 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope |
| 1643 | /// previous declaration. |
| 1644 | /// |
| 1645 | /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a |
| 1646 | /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a |
| 1647 | /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new |
| 1648 | /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with |
| 1649 | /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 |
| 1650 | /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 1651 | /// |
| 1652 | /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name |
| 1653 | /// lookup |
| 1654 | /// |
| 1655 | /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being |
| 1656 | /// declared. |
| 1657 | /// |
| 1658 | /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration |
| 1659 | /// for a new delcaration with the same name. |
| 1660 | static bool |
| 1661 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1662 | ASTContext &Context) { |
| 1663 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 1664 | return 0; |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | // FIXME: PrevDecl could be an OverloadedFunctionDecl, in which |
| 1667 | // case we need to check each of the overloaded functions. |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) |
| 1669 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | |
| 1671 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1672 | // C++ [basic.link]p6: |
| 1673 | // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage |
| 1674 | // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared |
| 1675 | // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block |
| 1676 | // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the |
| 1677 | // linkage of the previous declaration. |
| 1678 | DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getLookupContext(); |
| 1679 | if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1680 | // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. |
| 1681 | return false; |
| 1682 | else { |
| 1683 | DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 1684 | if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) |
| 1685 | // We found a member function: ignore it. |
| 1686 | return false; |
| 1687 | else { |
| 1688 | // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and |
| 1689 | // previous declarations. |
| 1690 | while (!OuterContext->isFileContext()) |
| 1691 | OuterContext = OuterContext->getParent(); |
| 1692 | while (!PrevOuterContext->isFileContext()) |
| 1693 | PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getParent(); |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 | // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it |
| 1696 | // isn't the same function. |
| 1697 | if (OuterContext->getPrimaryContext() != |
| 1698 | PrevOuterContext->getPrimaryContext()) |
| 1699 | return false; |
| 1700 | } |
| 1701 | } |
| 1702 | } |
| 1703 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | return true; |
| 1705 | } |
| 1706 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | QualType R,NamedDecl* PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
| 1714 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1715 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 1716 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | VarDecl *NewVD; |
| 1718 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1719 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1720 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1721 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1722 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1723 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1724 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1725 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1726 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1727 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1728 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1729 | // an error here |
| 1730 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1733 | break; |
| 1734 | } |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 1737 | if (!II) { |
| 1738 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) |
| 1739 | << Name.getAsString(); |
| 1740 | return 0; |
| 1741 | } |
| 1742 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| 1746 | // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not |
| 1747 | // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. |
| 1748 | if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { |
Chris Lattner | d4b19d5 | 2009-05-12 21:44:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | |
| 1750 | // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this |
| 1751 | // is a GNU extension. |
| 1752 | if (SC == VarDecl::Register && D.getAsmLabel()) |
| 1753 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); |
| 1754 | else |
| 1755 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 1760 | // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. |
| 1761 | if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { |
| 1762 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1763 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 1764 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 1765 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); |
| 1766 | } else if (SC == VarDecl::None) |
| 1767 | SC = VarDecl::Static; |
| 1768 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | |
| 1770 | // The variable can not |
Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1772 | II, R, SC, |
| 1773 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1774 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 1777 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1778 | |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { |
| 1780 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) |
| 1781 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); |
Eli Friedman | 4fb71b0 | 2009-04-19 21:48:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) |
| 1783 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | else |
| 1785 | NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); |
| 1786 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 1789 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 1790 | NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 1791 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1793 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewVD, D); |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 1796 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 1797 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 1798 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 1800 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | } |
| 1802 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the |
| 1804 | // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an |
| 1805 | // acceptable redeclaration. |
| 1806 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && |
| 1807 | !(NewVD->hasLinkage() && |
| 1808 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) |
| 1809 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. |
| 1812 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 1813 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(PrevDecl) && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1814 | // The user tried to define a non-static data member |
| 1815 | // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1816 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) |
| 1817 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1818 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | } |
| 1821 | } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1822 | // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. |
| 1823 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_no_member) |
| 1824 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | } |
| 1827 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | |
| 1830 | // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of |
| 1831 | // such variables. |
| 1832 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC(Context) && |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl, S); |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | return NewVD; |
| 1837 | } |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable |
| 1840 | /// declaration. |
| 1841 | /// |
| 1842 | /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a |
Douglas Gregor | 180bb63 | 2009-05-01 15:47:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators |
Douglas Gregor | 180bb63 | 2009-05-01 15:47:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables |
| 1846 | /// that have been instantiated from a template. |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | /// |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. |
| 1849 | void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. |
| 1852 | if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 1853 | return; |
| 1854 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | QualType T = NewVD->getType(); |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 1858 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | } |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| 1863 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, |
| 1864 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 1865 | AbstractVariableType)) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. |
| 1869 | // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not |
| 1870 | // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. |
| 1871 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { |
| 1873 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | |
Mike Stump | f33651c | 2009-04-14 00:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() |
Mike Stump | f0c9083 | 2009-04-14 02:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | |
Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); |
| 1882 | if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>()) |
| 1883 | CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = true; |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || |
| 1886 | (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 1888 | QualType FixedTy = |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | |
| 1891 | if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for |
| 1894 | // int a[10][n]; |
| 1895 | SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 1898 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | << SizeRange; |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) |
| 1901 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | << SizeRange; |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | else |
| 1904 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | << SizeRange; |
| 1906 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | if (FixedTy.isNull()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 1911 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1912 | else |
| 1913 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | } |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | |
| 1917 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 1918 | NewVD->setType(FixedTy); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | } |
| 1920 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | if (!PrevDecl && NewVD->isExternC(Context)) { |
| 1922 | // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring |
| 1923 | // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" |
| 1924 | // declaration with the same name. |
| 1925 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) |
| 1928 | PrevDecl = Pos->second; |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
| 1933 | << T; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | |
Mike Stump | ea000bf | 2009-04-30 00:19:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 1938 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); |
| 1939 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
Mike Stump | c975bb0 | 2009-05-01 23:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 1943 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); |
| 1944 | return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1945 | } |
| 1946 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | Redeclaration = true; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1949 | MergeVarDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 | } |
| 1952 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | QualType R, NamedDecl* PrevDecl, |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1960 | FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1961 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1962 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1963 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: |
| 1964 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: |
| 1965 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1967 | diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | break; |
| 1970 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; |
| 1971 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | // C99 6.7.1p5: |
| 1975 | // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has |
| 1976 | // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier |
| 1977 | // other than extern |
| 1978 | // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). |
| 1979 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1980 | diag::err_static_block_func); |
| 1981 | SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1982 | } else |
| 1983 | SC = FunctionDecl::Static; |
| 1984 | break; |
| 1985 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| 1990 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| 1991 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); |
| 1995 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 1998 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 1999 | if (!DC->isRecord() && |
| 2000 | RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), |
Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | AbstractReturnType)) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Chris Lattner | bb74982 | 2009-04-11 19:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | |
| 2006 | // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. |
| 2007 | if (R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 2008 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 2009 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 |
| 2010 | << R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Chris Lattner | bb74982 | 2009-04-11 19:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | bool isVirtualOkay = false; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; |
| 2016 | if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor) { |
| 2017 | // This is a C++ constructor declaration. |
| 2018 | assert(DC->isRecord() && |
| 2019 | "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); |
| 2020 | |
Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | |
| 2023 | // Create the new declaration |
| 2024 | NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 2025 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 2026 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 2027 | isExplicit, isInline, |
| 2028 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor) { |
| 2030 | // This is a C++ destructor declaration. |
| 2031 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, SC); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 2035 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 2036 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 2037 | isInline, |
| 2038 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 2039 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | isVirtualOkay = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | } else { |
| 2042 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing |
| 2045 | // code path. |
| 2046 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | Name, R, SC, isInline, |
Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | /*hasPrototype=*/true, |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 2050 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | } |
| 2053 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { |
| 2054 | if (!DC->isRecord()) { |
| 2055 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 2056 | diag::err_conv_function_not_member); |
| 2057 | return 0; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | |
| 2060 | CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 2061 | NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 2062 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 2063 | isInline, isExplicit); |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | isVirtualOkay = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | } else if (DC->isRecord()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 4649cac | 2009-04-30 22:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this |
| 2068 | // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. |
| 2069 | // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a |
| 2070 | // constructor if it has no return type). |
| 2071 | // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type |
| 2072 | if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ |
| 2073 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) |
| 2074 | << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) |
| 2075 | << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 2076 | return 0; |
| 2077 | } |
| 2078 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | // This is a C++ method declaration. |
| 2080 | NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 2081 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | (SC == FunctionDecl::Static), isInline); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | |
| 2084 | isVirtualOkay = (SC != FunctionDecl::Static); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | d874def | 2009-03-19 18:33:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| 2087 | // prototype. This true when: |
| 2088 | // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), |
| 2089 | // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or |
| 2090 | // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference |
| 2091 | // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). |
Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | bool HasPrototype = |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || |
Douglas Gregor | d1659a6 | 2009-03-23 16:26:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 2098 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | Name, R, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 2101 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 2102 | } |
| 2103 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
Chris Lattner | 584be45 | 2009-04-25 05:44:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2106 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ |
| 2108 | // scope specifier, the lexical context will be different |
| 2109 | // from the semantic context. |
| 2110 | NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 2111 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: |
| 2113 | // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of |
| 2114 | // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a |
| 2115 | // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. |
| 2116 | // |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | if (!isVirtualOkay) { |
| 2119 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 2120 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 2121 | } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 2122 | // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. |
| 2123 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) |
| 2124 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 2125 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc())); |
| 2126 | } else { |
| 2127 | // Okay: Add virtual to the method. |
Anders Carlsson | 77b7f1d | 2009-05-14 22:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->setVirtualAsWritten(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 2130 | CurClass->setAggregate(false); |
| 2131 | CurClass->setPOD(false); |
| 2132 | CurClass->setPolymorphic(true); |
Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | CurClass->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | } |
| 2135 | } |
| 2136 | |
Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 2138 | // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | BasePaths Paths; |
| 2141 | // FIXME: This will not include hidden member functions. |
| 2142 | if (LookupInBases(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 2143 | MemberLookupCriteria(Name, LookupMemberName, |
| 2144 | // FIXME: Shouldn't IDNS_Member be |
| 2145 | // enough here? |
| 2146 | Decl::IDNS_Member | |
| 2147 | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary), Paths)) { |
| 2148 | for (BasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), |
| 2149 | E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 2150 | if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { |
| 2151 | OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; |
| 2152 | // FIXME: Is this OK? Should it be done by LookupInBases? |
| 2153 | if (IsOverload(NewMD, OldMD, MatchedDecl)) |
| 2154 | continue; |
Anders Carlsson | 77b7f1d | 2009-05-14 22:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 | if (!OldMD->isVirtual()) |
| 2156 | continue; |
Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | |
| 2158 | if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(NewMD, OldMD)) { |
| 2159 | // FIXME: Add OldMD to the list of methods NewMD overrides. |
| 2160 | } |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | } |
| 2163 | } |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | } |
| 2168 | |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && |
| 2170 | !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 2171 | // C++ [class.static]p1: |
| 2172 | // A data or function member of a class may be declared static |
| 2173 | // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of |
| 2174 | // the class. |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line |
| 2177 | // member function definition. |
| 2178 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 2179 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 2180 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 2181 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); |
| 2182 | } |
| 2183 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 2185 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 2186 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 2187 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 2189 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | } |
| 2191 | |
Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function |
| 2193 | // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. |
| 2194 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { |
| 2196 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2197 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs |
| 2199 | // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a |
| 2200 | // single void argument. |
| 2201 | // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator |
| 2202 | // already checks for that case. |
| 2203 | if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && |
| 2204 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | // Empty arg list, don't push any params. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | |
| 2209 | // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a |
| 2210 | // typedef of void is not permitted. |
| 2211 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Chris Lattner | 584be45 | 2009-04-25 05:44:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); |
Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | // FIXME: Leaks decl? |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) |
| 2217 | Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | } |
| 2219 | |
Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAsFunctionProtoType()) { |
| 2221 | // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) |
| 2223 | // parameters for use in the declaration. |
| 2224 | // |
| 2225 | // @code |
| 2226 | // typedef void fn(int); |
| 2227 | // fn f; |
| 2228 | // @endcode |
Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | |
| 2230 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), |
| 2232 | AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { |
| 2233 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 2234 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 2235 | *AI, VarDecl::None, 0); |
| 2236 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 2237 | Params.push_back(Param); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | } |
Chris Lattner | 84bb944 | 2009-04-25 18:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | } else { |
| 2240 | assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && |
| 2241 | "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. |
| 2244 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Chris Lattner | 84bb944 | 2009-04-25 18:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | |
Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the |
| 2249 | // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an |
| 2250 | // acceptable redeclaration. |
| 2251 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | !(NewFD->hasLinkage() && |
| 2253 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| 2257 | bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | CheckFunctionDeclaration(NewFD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration, |
| 2259 | /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| 2263 | // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2264 | if (!IsFunctionDefinition) { |
| 2265 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) |
| 2266 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | } else if (!Redeclaration) { |
| 2269 | // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a |
| 2270 | // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there |
| 2271 | // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, |
| 2272 | // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: |
| 2273 | // |
| 2274 | // class X { |
| 2275 | // void f() const; |
| 2276 | // }; |
| 2277 | // |
| 2278 | // void X::f() { } // ill-formed |
| 2279 | // |
| 2280 | // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close |
| 2281 | // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and |
| 2282 | // whether the parameter types are references). |
| 2283 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) |
| 2284 | << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | |
| 2287 | LookupResult Prev = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 2288 | true); |
| 2289 | assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && |
| 2290 | "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); |
| 2291 | for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); |
| 2292 | Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| 2293 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && |
| 2294 | isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) |
| 2295 | Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); |
| 2296 | } |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 2299 | } |
| 2300 | } |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes |
| 2303 | // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). |
| 2304 | // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, |
| 2305 | // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. |
| 2306 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); |
| 2307 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| 2310 | // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function |
| 2311 | // with that name must be marked "overloadable". |
| 2312 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) |
| 2313 | << Redeclaration << NewFD; |
| 2314 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 2315 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), |
| 2316 | diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); |
| 2317 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr()); |
| 2318 | } |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the |
| 2321 | // map of such names. |
| 2322 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC(Context) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, PrevDecl, S); |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | return NewFD; |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. |
| 2330 | /// |
| 2331 | /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration |
| 2332 | /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not |
| 2333 | /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is |
| 2334 | /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed |
| 2335 | /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions |
| 2336 | /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called |
| 2337 | /// via InstantiateDecl). |
| 2338 | /// |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. |
| 2340 | void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(FunctionDecl *NewFD, NamedDecl *&PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | bool &Redeclaration, |
| 2342 | bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. |
| 2344 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 2345 | return; |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | |
| 2347 | // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). |
| 2348 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2349 | // C++-specific checks. |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | CheckConstructor(Constructor); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getParent()); |
| 2354 | Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); |
| 2355 | // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no |
| 2356 | // user-defined destructor. |
| 2357 | Record->setPOD(false); |
Anders Carlsson | 072abef | 2009-04-17 02:34:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | |
| 2359 | // C++ [class.dtor]p3: A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly- |
| 2360 | // declared destructor. |
| 2361 | Record->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion |
| 2363 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 2364 | ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). |
| 2367 | if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| 2368 | CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | } |
| 2371 | |
Douglas Gregor | b3efa98 | 2009-04-23 18:22:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | // C99 6.7.4p6: |
| 2373 | // [... ] For a function with external linkage, the following |
| 2374 | // restrictions apply: [...] If all of the file scope declarations |
| 2375 | // for a function in a translation unit include the inline |
| 2376 | // function specifier without extern, then the definition in that |
| 2377 | // translation unit is an inline definition. An inline definition |
| 2378 | // does not provide an external definition for the function, and |
| 2379 | // does not forbid an external definition in another translation |
| 2380 | // unit. |
| 2381 | // |
| 2382 | // Here we determine whether this function, in isolation, would be a |
| 2383 | // C99 inline definition. MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls looks at |
| 2384 | // previous declarations. |
Douglas Gregor | 9f9bf25 | 2009-04-28 06:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | if (NewFD->isInline() && getLangOptions().C99 && |
| 2386 | NewFD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::None && |
| 2387 | NewFD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit()) |
| 2388 | NewFD->setC99InlineDefinition(true); |
Douglas Gregor | b3efa98 | 2009-04-23 18:22:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | // Check for a previous declaration of this name. |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | if (!PrevDecl && NewFD->isExternC(Context)) { |
| 2392 | // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring |
| 2393 | // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" |
| 2394 | // declaration with the same name. |
| 2395 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) |
| 2398 | PrevDecl = Pos->second; |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of |
| 2402 | // the same name, if appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, |
| 2406 | // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new |
| 2407 | // function to the scope. |
| 2408 | OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | |
| 2410 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | OverloadableAttrRequired = true; |
| 2413 | |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | // Functions marked "overloadable" must have a prototype (that |
| 2415 | // we can't get through declaration merging). |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | if (!NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) |
| 2418 | << NewFD; |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | QualType R = Context.getFunctionType( |
| 2423 | NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), |
| 2424 | 0, 0, true, 0); |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | NewFD->setType(R); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | } |
| 2428 | } |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | if (PrevDecl && |
| 2431 | (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context) || |
| 2432 | !IsOverload(NewFD, PrevDecl, MatchedDecl))) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | Redeclaration = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | Decl *OldDecl = PrevDecl; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | // If PrevDecl was an overloaded function, extract the |
| 2437 | // FunctionDecl that matched. |
| 2438 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 2439 | OldDecl = *MatchedDecl; |
| 2440 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | // merged. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless |
| 2451 | // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done |
| 2452 | // during delayed parsing anyway. |
| 2453 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !CurContext->isRecord()) |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | } |
| 2456 | |
Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for |
| 2459 | // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or |
| 2460 | // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, |
| 2461 | // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated |
| 2462 | // expressions. Everything else falls under the |
| 2463 | // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. |
| 2464 | // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression |
| 2465 | // rules there don't matter.) |
Chris Lattner | 111c2ee | 2009-02-24 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context)) |
Eli Friedman | 578a972 | 2009-02-22 06:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | return false; |
Eli Friedman | 2129828 | 2009-02-26 04:47:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) |
| 2469 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | } |
| 2472 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false); |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the |
| 2478 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct |
| 2479 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) { |
| 2481 | Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore |
| 2483 | // the initializer. |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | return; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2488 | // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot |
| 2489 | // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. |
| 2490 | // Thus this grotesque test. |
| 2491 | IntegerLiteral *IL; |
| 2492 | Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.get()); |
| 2493 | if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && |
| 2494 | Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) { |
Anders Carlsson | 77b7f1d | 2009-05-14 22:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | if (Method->isVirtualAsWritten()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | Method->setPure(); |
Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | |
| 2498 | // A class is abstract if at least one function is pure virtual. |
| 2499 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->setAbstract(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 3329756 | 2009-03-27 04:38:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | } else if (!Method->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_non_virtual_pure) |
| 2502 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2503 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2504 | } |
| 2505 | } else { |
| 2506 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) |
| 2507 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2508 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2509 | } |
| 2510 | return; |
| 2511 | } |
| 2512 | |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2513 | VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); |
| 2514 | if (!VDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 2516 | RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 2517 | isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) |
| 2518 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) |
| 2519 | << cast<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)->getDeclName(); |
| 2520 | else |
| 2521 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2523 | return; |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | } |
| 2525 | |
Eli Friedman | a31feca | 2009-04-13 21:28:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | if (!VDecl->getType()->isArrayType() && |
| 2527 | RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), |
| 2528 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| 2529 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2530 | return; |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | const VarDecl *Def = 0; |
| 2534 | if (VDecl->getDefinition(Def)) { |
| 2535 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| 2536 | << VDecl->getDeclName(); |
| 2537 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 2538 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2539 | return; |
| 2540 | } |
| 2541 | |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | // Take ownership of the expression, now that we're sure we have somewhere |
| 2543 | // to put it. |
Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | Expr *Init = init.takeAs<Expr>(); |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | assert(Init && "missing initializer"); |
| 2546 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2551 | if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2554 | } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | |
| 2559 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. |
| 2561 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2564 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 2567 | VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { |
| 2568 | // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., |
| 2569 | // |
| 2570 | // struct S { |
| 2571 | // static const int value = 17; |
| 2572 | // }; |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | // Attach the initializer |
| 2575 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | // C++ [class.mem]p4: |
| 2578 | // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only |
| 2579 | // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or |
| 2580 | // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. |
| 2581 | QualType T = VDecl->getType(); |
| 2582 | if (!T->isDependentType() && |
| 2583 | (!Context.getCanonicalType(T).isConstQualified() || |
| 2584 | !T->isIntegralType())) { |
| 2585 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) |
| 2586 | << VDecl->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2587 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2588 | } else { |
| 2589 | // C++ [class.static.data]p4: |
| 2590 | // If a static data member is of const integral or const |
| 2591 | // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition |
| 2592 | // can specify a constant-initializer which shall be an |
| 2593 | // integral constant expression (5.19). |
| 2594 | if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && |
| 2595 | !Init->getType()->isIntegralType()) { |
| 2596 | // We have a non-dependent, non-integral or enumeration type. |
| 2597 | Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2598 | diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_integral_type) |
| 2599 | << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2600 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2601 | } else if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && !Init->isValueDependent()) { |
| 2602 | // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. |
| 2603 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 2604 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 2605 | if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { |
| 2606 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| 2607 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2608 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2609 | } else if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 2610 | ImpCastExprToType(Init, VDecl->getType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | } |
| 2612 | } |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
Steve Naroff | ee3899e | 2009-04-15 15:20:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. |
| 2623 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. |
| 2625 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2626 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | } |
| 2628 | // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was |
| 2629 | // completed by the initializer. For example: |
| 2630 | // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; |
| 2631 | // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. |
Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | VDecl->setType(DclT); |
Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | Init->setType(DclT); |
| 2635 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | |
| 2637 | // Attach the initializer to the decl. |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
Douglas Gregor | b6c8c8b | 2009-04-21 17:11:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | |
| 2640 | // If the previous declaration of VDecl was a tentative definition, |
| 2641 | // remove it from the set of tentative definitions. |
| 2642 | if (VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration() && |
| 2643 | VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) { |
| 2644 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, VarDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| 2645 | = TentativeDefinitions.find(VDecl->getDeclName()); |
| 2646 | assert(Pos != TentativeDefinitions.end() && |
| 2647 | "Unrecorded tentative definition?"); |
| 2648 | TentativeDefinitions.erase(Pos); |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | return; |
| 2652 | } |
| 2653 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl) { |
| 2655 | Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 48c2e90 | 2008-11-07 13:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. |
| 2658 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
| 2659 | return; |
| 2660 | |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2662 | QualType Type = Var->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | b6c8c8b | 2009-04-21 17:11:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | |
| 2664 | // Record tentative definitions. |
| 2665 | if (Var->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) |
| 2666 | TentativeDefinitions[Var->getDeclName()] = Var; |
| 2667 | |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p3: |
| 2669 | // The initializer can be omitted for a reference only in a |
| 2670 | // parameter declaration (8.3.5), in the declaration of a |
| 2671 | // function return type, in the declaration of a class member |
| 2672 | // within its class declaration (9.2), and where the extern |
| 2673 | // specifier is explicitly used. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | if (Type->isReferenceType() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | << Var->getDeclName() |
| 2677 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2679 | return; |
| 2680 | } |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2683 | // |
| 2684 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the object |
| 2685 | // is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or array |
| 2686 | // thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if the |
| 2687 | // object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class type |
| 2688 | // shall have a user-declared default constructor. |
| 2689 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2690 | QualType InitType = Type; |
| 2691 | if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(Type)) |
| 2692 | InitType = Array->getElementType(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | if (!Var->hasExternalStorage() && InitType->isRecordType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = |
| 2695 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl()); |
| 2696 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | if (!RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), InitType, |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)) |
| 2699 | Constructor |
| 2700 | = PerformInitializationByConstructor(InitType, 0, 0, |
| 2701 | Var->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), |
| 2703 | Var->getLocation()), |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | Var->getDeclName(), |
| 2705 | IK_Default); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | if (!Constructor) |
| 2707 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | else if (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor()) |
| 2709 | InitializeVarWithConstructor(Var, Constructor, InitType, 0, 0); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | } |
| 2711 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | #if 0 |
| 2714 | // FIXME: Temporarily disabled because we are not properly parsing |
| 2715 | // linkage specifications on declarations, e.g., |
| 2716 | // |
| 2717 | // extern "C" const CGPoint CGPointerZero; |
| 2718 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2720 | // |
| 2721 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the |
| 2722 | // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or |
| 2723 | // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if |
| 2724 | // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class |
| 2725 | // type shall have a user-declared default |
| 2726 | // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for |
| 2727 | // an object, the object and its subobjects, if any, have an |
| 2728 | // indeterminate initial value; if the object or any of its |
| 2729 | // subobjects are of const-qualified type, the program is |
| 2730 | // ill-formed. |
| 2731 | // |
| 2732 | // This isn't technically an error in C, so we don't diagnose it. |
| 2733 | // |
| 2734 | // FIXME: Actually perform the POD/user-defined default |
| 2735 | // constructor check. |
| 2736 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | Context.getCanonicalType(Type).isConstQualified() && |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | !Var->hasExternalStorage()) |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_const_var_requires_init) |
| 2740 | << Var->getName() |
| 2741 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | #endif |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | } |
| 2744 | } |
| 2745 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy *Group, |
| 2747 | unsigned NumDecls) { |
| 2748 | llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; |
Steve Naroff | 9474504 | 2007-09-13 23:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) |
| 2751 | if (Decl *D = Group[i].getAs<Decl>()) |
| 2752 | Decls.push_back(D); |
| 2753 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | // Perform semantic analysis that depends on having fully processed both |
| 2755 | // the declarator and initializer. |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Decls.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2757 | VarDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decls[i]); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2758 | if (!IDecl) |
| 2759 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2760 | QualType T = IDecl->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is declared with |
| 2763 | // no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the object shall be complete... |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | if (IDecl->isBlockVarDecl() && !IDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | } |
| 2770 | // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for and |
| 2771 | // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a |
| 2772 | // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", |
| 2773 | // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with |
| 2774 | // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | if (IDecl->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | QualType CheckType = T; |
| 2777 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type; |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(T); |
| 2780 | if (ArrayT) { |
| 2781 | CheckType = ArrayT->getElementType(); |
| 2782 | DiagID = diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type; |
| 2783 | } |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | if (IDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 2786 | // Do nothing with invalid declarations |
| 2787 | } else if ((ArrayT || IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) && |
| 2788 | RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), CheckType, DiagID)) { |
Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is |
| 2790 | // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the |
| 2791 | // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | } |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, |
Chris Lattner | 5186872 | 2009-04-12 20:51:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | &Decls[0], Decls.size())); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | } |
Steve Naroff | e1223f7 | 2007-08-28 03:03:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() |
| 2802 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | Sema::DeclPtrTy |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. |
Daniel Dunbar | 33ad012 | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 | VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; |
| 2809 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { |
| 2810 | StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; |
| 2811 | } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 2813 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | } |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | |
| 2817 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| 2818 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| 2819 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| 2821 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this |
| 2823 | // parameter (C++ only). |
| 2824 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 2825 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 2826 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 2828 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. |
| 2830 | // Can this happen for params? We already checked that they don't conflict |
| 2831 | // among each other. Here they can only shadow globals, which is ok. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 2836 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 2837 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| 2838 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 2839 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | } else if (S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) { |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | // Recover by removing the name |
| 2844 | II = 0; |
| 2845 | D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 2846 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a9f3e3 | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | // Parameters can not be abstract class types. |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 2852 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 2853 | if (!CurContext->isRecord() && |
| 2854 | RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), parmDeclType, |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 | AbstractParamType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | D.setInvalidType(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | QualType T = adjustParameterType(parmDeclType); |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | ParmVarDecl *New; |
| 2862 | if (T == parmDeclType) // parameter type did not need adjustment |
| 2863 | New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2864 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
| 2865 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, |
| 2866 | 0); |
| 2867 | else // keep track of both the adjusted and unadjusted types |
| 2868 | New = OriginalParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2869 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, T, |
| 2870 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, 0); |
Anders Carlsson | f78915f | 2008-02-15 07:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
Steve Naroff | 53a3234 | 2007-08-28 18:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are |
| 2876 | // passed by reference. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2dd979f | 2009-04-11 19:08:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 2879 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2881 | } |
Chris Lattner | f97e8fa | 2009-04-11 19:34:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | |
| 2883 | // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2884 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 2885 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) |
| 2886 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2887 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2888 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 | // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(New)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | if (II) |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | IdResolver.AddDecl(New); |
Nate Begeman | b7894b5 | 2008-02-17 21:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | |
Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | ProcessDeclAttributes(New, D); |
Mike Stump | ea000bf | 2009-04-30 00:19:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | |
| 2897 | if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 2898 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); |
| 2899 | } |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2904 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2906 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2907 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' |
| 2910 | // for a K&R function. |
| 2911 | if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { |
| 2913 | --i; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | std::string Code = " int "; |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 | Code += FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName(); |
Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | Code += ";\n"; |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident |
| 2920 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); |
| 2921 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better |
| 2923 | // type. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 2925 | const char* PrevSpec; // unused |
| 2926 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, |
| 2927 | PrevSpec); |
| 2928 | Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); |
| 2929 | ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 | } |
| 2932 | } |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | } |
| 2934 | } |
| 2935 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, |
| 2937 | Declarator &D) { |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); |
| 2939 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2940 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2941 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | if (FTI.hasPrototype) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | } |
| 2946 | |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); |
Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | DeclPtrTy DP = ActOnDeclarator(ParentScope, D, /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); |
| 2950 | return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | } |
| 2952 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclPtrTy D) { |
| 2954 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false; |
| 2957 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | // See if this is a redefinition. |
| 2959 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
Douglas Gregor | 7297134 | 2009-04-18 00:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | if (FD->getBody(Context, Definition)) { |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | } |
| 2964 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | // Builtin functions cannot be defined. |
| 2966 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; |
Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2970 | } |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2971 | } |
| 2972 | |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | // The return type of a function definition must be complete |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2974 | // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). |
| 2975 | QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); |
| 2976 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && |
Chris Lattner | 65e6a09 | 2009-04-29 05:12:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | !FD->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2978 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, |
| 2979 | diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8499f3f | 2009-03-31 16:35:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: |
| 2983 | // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous |
| 2984 | // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the |
| 2985 | // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect |
| 2986 | // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. |
Douglas Gregor | 2c2d9dc | 2009-04-08 15:21:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->isGlobal() && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && |
| 2988 | !FD->isMain()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8499f3f | 2009-03-31 16:35:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | bool MissingPrototype = true; |
| 2990 | for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); |
| 2991 | Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { |
| 2992 | // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method |
| 2993 | // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. |
| 2994 | if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 2995 | continue; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 2998 | break; |
| 2999 | } |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | if (MissingPrototype) |
| 3002 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | |
Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3005 | if (FnBodyScope) |
| 3006 | PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | // Check the validity of our function parameters |
| 3009 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | // Introduce our parameters into the function scope |
| 3012 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 3013 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | Param->setOwningFunction(FD); |
| 3015 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | // Checking attributes of current function definition |
| 3022 | // dllimport attribute. |
| 3023 | if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { |
| 3024 | // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition. |
| 3025 | if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) { |
| 3026 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 3027 | diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) |
| 3028 | << "dllimport"; |
| 3029 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | } else { |
| 3032 | // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the |
| 3033 | // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is |
| 3034 | // emitted. |
| 3035 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 3036 | diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) |
| 3037 | << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport"; |
| 3038 | } |
| 3039 | } |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | } |
| 3042 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg) { |
Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg, |
| 3048 | bool IsInstantiation) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 | Decl *dcl = D.getAs<Decl>(); |
Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | Stmt *Body = BodyArg.takeAs<Stmt>(); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { |
Chris Lattner | a5251fc | 2009-04-18 09:36:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 | FD->setBody(Body); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 53d0ea5 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
Chris Lattner | ffed163 | 2009-02-16 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); |
Chris Lattner | a5251fc | 2009-04-18 09:36:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | MD->setBody(Body); |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | } else { |
| 3058 | Body->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | if (!IsInstantiation) |
| 3062 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 3063 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | // Verify and clean out per-function state. |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | |
Chris Lattner | 4f2aac3 | 2009-04-18 20:05:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | assert(&getLabelMap() == &FunctionLabelMap && "Didn't pop block right?"); |
Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | // Check goto/label use. |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3069 | for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator |
Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3070 | I = FunctionLabelMap.begin(), E = FunctionLabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3071 | LabelStmt *L = I->second; |
| 3072 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3073 | // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| 3074 | // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd |
| 3075 | // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. |
Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) |
| 3077 | continue; |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | // Emit error. |
| 3080 | Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into |
| 3083 | // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well |
| 3084 | // formed. |
| 3085 | if (Body == 0) { |
| 3086 | // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this. |
| 3087 | L->Destroy(Context); |
| 3088 | continue; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | } |
Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | |
| 3091 | // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the |
| 3092 | // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto |
| 3093 | // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the |
| 3094 | // label in it. |
Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3095 | |
Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | // Give the label a sub-statement. |
| 3097 | L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); |
Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | |
| 3099 | CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? |
| 3100 | cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : |
| 3101 | cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); |
| 3102 | std::vector<Stmt*> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), Compound->body_end()); |
Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | Elements.push_back(L); |
Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | Compound->setStmts(Context, &Elements[0], Elements.size()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | } |
Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | FunctionLabelMap.clear(); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | |
| 3108 | if (!Body) return D; |
| 3109 | |
Chris Lattner | b565937 | 2009-04-18 21:00:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. |
Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking) |
| 3112 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | |
Sebastian Redl | 13e8854 | 2009-04-27 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return statements |
| 3115 | // in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) Verify this. |
| 3116 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(dcl) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) |
| 3117 | DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); |
| 3118 | |
Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | return D; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 60fbca0 | 2007-11-10 16:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | } |
| 3121 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function |
| 3123 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3125 | IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined |
| 3127 | // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of |
| 3128 | // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that |
| 3129 | // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. |
| 3130 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| 3131 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); |
| 3132 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { |
| 3133 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; |
| 3134 | Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3135 | return Pos->second; |
| 3136 | } |
| 3137 | |
Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. |
| 3139 | if (getLangOptions().C99) |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | else |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | |
| 3144 | // FIXME: handle stuff like: |
| 3145 | // void foo() { extern float X(); } |
| 3146 | // void bar() { X(); } <-- implicit decl for X in another scope. |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); |
| 3149 | const char *Dummy; |
| 3150 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 3151 | bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy); |
| 3152 | Error = Error; // Silence warning. |
| 3153 | assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); |
| 3154 | Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); |
Sebastian Redl | 7dc8134 | 2009-04-29 17:30:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 3156 | 0, 0, false, false, 0, 0, Loc, D), |
Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | SourceLocation()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); |
Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3159 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; |
| 3163 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 3164 | |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | FunctionDecl *FD = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D, DeclPtrTy()).getAs<Decl>()); |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | FD->setImplicit(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | |
| 3169 | CurContext = PrevDC; |
| 3170 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); |
| 3172 | |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 | return FD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | } |
| 3175 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 | /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on |
| 3177 | /// the declaration of this function. |
| 3178 | /// |
| 3179 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins |
| 3180 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions |
| 3181 | /// like NSLog or printf. |
| 3182 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 3183 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3184 | return; |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to |
| 3187 | // actual attributes. |
| 3188 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 3189 | // Handle printf-formatting attributes. |
| 3190 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 3191 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 3192 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { |
| 3193 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", FormatIdx + 1, |
| 3195 | FormatIdx + 2)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | |
| 3198 | // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only |
| 3199 | // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows |
| 3200 | // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. |
| 3201 | if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && |
| 3202 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { |
| 3203 | if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr()); |
Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | } |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); |
| 3209 | if (!Name) |
| 3210 | return; |
| 3211 | if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 3212 | FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || |
| 3213 | (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && |
| 3214 | cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == |
| 3215 | LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { |
| 3216 | // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know |
| 3217 | // about. |
| 3218 | } else |
| 3219 | return; |
| 3220 | |
Douglas Gregor | 21e072b | 2009-04-22 20:56:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { |
| 3223 | // FIXME: We known better than our headers. |
| 3224 | const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType("printf"); |
| 3225 | } else |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 1, 2)); |
Douglas Gregor | 21e072b | 2009-04-22 20:56:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 2, 3)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | } |
| 3231 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | |
| 3237 | // Scope manipulation handled by caller. |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 3239 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 6c2b6eb | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | D.getIdentifier(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | T); |
Anders Carlsson | 4843e58 | 2009-03-10 17:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | |
| 3243 | if (TagType *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) { |
| 3244 | TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl |
| 3247 | // keep track of the TypedefDecl. |
| 3248 | if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) |
| 3249 | TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); |
| 3250 | } |
| 3251 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3254 | return NewTD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | } |
| 3256 | |
Douglas Gregor | 501c5ce | 2009-05-14 16:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | |
| 3258 | /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable |
| 3259 | /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. |
| 3260 | /// |
| 3261 | /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. |
| 3262 | bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
| 3263 | TagDecl::TagKind NewTag, |
| 3264 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
| 3265 | const IdentifierInfo &Name) { |
| 3266 | // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: |
| 3267 | // The class-key or enum keyword present in the |
| 3268 | // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the |
| 3269 | // declaration to which the name in theelaborated-type-specifier |
| 3270 | // refers. This rule also applies to the form of |
| 3271 | // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or |
| 3272 | // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the |
| 3273 | // definition of the class. Thus, in any |
| 3274 | // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to |
| 3275 | // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-keyshall be |
| 3276 | // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or |
| 3277 | // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) |
| 3278 | // declared using the class or struct class-key. |
| 3279 | TagDecl::TagKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); |
| 3280 | if (OldTag == NewTag) |
| 3281 | return true; |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 | if ((OldTag == TagDecl::TK_struct || OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class) && |
| 3284 | (NewTag == TagDecl::TK_struct || NewTag == TagDecl::TK_class)) { |
| 3285 | // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. |
| 3286 | bool isTemplate = false; |
| 3287 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) |
| 3288 | isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) |
| 3291 | << (NewTag == TagDecl::TK_class) |
| 3292 | << isTemplate << &Name |
| 3293 | << (OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class) |
| 3294 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), |
| 3295 | OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class? "class" : "struct"); |
| 3296 | Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| 3297 | return true; |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | return false; |
| 3300 | } |
| 3301 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TK indicates whether this is a |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3305 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3306 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagKind TK, |
| 3307 | SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 3308 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 3309 | AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3310 | // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | assert((Name != 0 || TK == TK_Definition) && |
| 3312 | "Nameless record must be a definition!"); |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3313 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | TagDecl::TagKind Kind; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | switch (TagSpec) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown tag type!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: Kind = TagDecl::TK_struct; break; |
| 3318 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: Kind = TagDecl::TK_union; break; |
| 3319 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: Kind = TagDecl::TK_class; break; |
| 3320 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: Kind = TagDecl::TK_enum; break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 | } |
| 3322 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 3328 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| 3330 | // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | // Check for invalid 'foo::'. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3334 | Name = 0; |
| 3335 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3336 | } |
| 3337 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3f5b61c | 2009-05-14 00:28:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) |
| 3339 | return DeclPtrTy::make((Decl *)0); |
| 3340 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3341 | DC = computeDeclContext(SS); |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | SearchDC = DC; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3343 | // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. |
Douglas Gregor | 3f5b61c | 2009-05-14 00:28:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | PrevDecl |
| 3345 | = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>( |
| 3346 | LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupTagName, true).getAsDecl()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | |
| 3348 | // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. |
| 3349 | if (PrevDecl == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) << Name << SS.getRange(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3351 | Name = 0; |
| 3352 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3353 | } |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 | } else if (Name) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 | // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward |
| 3356 | // declaration or definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we |
| 3358 | // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we |
| 3359 | // shouldn't be diagnosing. |
Douglas Gregor | e2c565d | 2009-02-03 19:26:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 | LookupResult R = LookupName(S, Name, LookupTagName, |
| 3361 | /*RedeclarationOnly=*/(TK != TK_Reference)); |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { |
| 3363 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Name, NameLoc); |
| 3364 | // FIXME: This is not best way to recover from case like: |
| 3365 | // |
| 3366 | // struct S s; |
| 3367 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | // causes needless "incomplete type" error later. |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | Name = 0; |
| 3370 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3371 | Invalid = true; |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | PrevDecl = R; |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | |
| 3376 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TK != TK_Reference) { |
| 3377 | // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated |
| 3378 | // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching |
| 3379 | // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) |
| 3382 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | } |
| 3385 | |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 3388 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 3389 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 3390 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3391 | } |
| 3392 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | // Check whether the previous declaration is usable. |
| 3395 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PrevDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared |
| 3399 | // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 | if (TK == TK_Reference || isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a |
| 3403 | // struct or something similar. |
Douglas Gregor | 501c5ce | 2009-05-14 16:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 | bool SafeToContinue |
| 3406 | = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TagDecl::TK_enum && |
| 3407 | Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum); |
| 3408 | if (SafeToContinue) |
| 3409 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) |
| 3410 | << Name |
| 3411 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), |
| 3412 | PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); |
| 3413 | else |
| 3414 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | |
| 3417 | if (SafeToContinue) |
| 3418 | Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); |
| 3419 | else { |
| 3420 | // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. |
| 3421 | Name = 0; |
| 3422 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3423 | Invalid = true; |
| 3424 | } |
| 3425 | } |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | if (!Invalid) { |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3430 | // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue |
| 3431 | // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. |
| 3432 | // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will |
| 3433 | // need to be changed with DeclGroups. |
| 3434 | if (TK == TK_Reference) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 | return DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 | // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. |
| 3438 | if (TK == TK_Definition) { |
| 3439 | if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition(Context)) { |
| 3440 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3441 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 | // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this |
| 3443 | // struct be anonymous, which will make any later |
| 3444 | // references get the previous definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | Name = 0; |
| 3446 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | Invalid = true; |
| 3448 | } else { |
| 3449 | // If the type is currently being defined, complain |
| 3450 | // about a nested redefinition. |
| 3451 | TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); |
| 3452 | if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 3453 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3454 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), |
| 3455 | diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3456 | Name = 0; |
| 3457 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3458 | Invalid = true; |
| 3459 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3462 | // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced |
| 3463 | // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we |
| 3467 | // have a definition. Just create a new decl. |
| 3468 | } else { |
| 3469 | // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested |
| 3470 | // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a |
| 3471 | // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities |
| 3472 | // have distinct types. |
| 3473 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3475 | // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl |
| 3476 | // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by |
| 3477 | // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3478 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | // PrevDecl is a namespace, template, or anything else |
| 3480 | // that lives in the IDNS_Tag identifier namespace. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | if (isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Ted Kremenek | a89d197 | 2008-09-03 18:03:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 | // The tag name clashes with a namespace name, issue an error and |
| 3483 | // recover by making this tag be anonymous. |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | Name = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 | } else { |
| 3490 | // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a |
| 3491 | // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. |
| 3492 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 | } else if (TK == TK_Reference && SS.isEmpty() && Name && |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 | // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form |
| 3499 | // |
| 3500 | // class-key identifier |
| 3501 | // |
| 3502 | // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the |
| 3503 | // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a |
| 3504 | // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is |
| 3505 | // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains |
| 3506 | // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend |
| 3507 | // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest |
| 3508 | // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the |
| 3509 | // declaration. |
| 3510 | // |
| 3511 | // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for |
| 3512 | // C structs and unions. |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | // |
| 3514 | // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete |
| 3515 | // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. |
| 3516 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 | // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the |
| 3519 | // lexical context, |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | while (SearchDC->isRecord()) |
| 3521 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | |
| 3523 | // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| 3524 | while (S->isClassScope() || |
| 3525 | (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 | ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 3527 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 3528 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3529 | S = S->getParent(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 | |
Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | CreateNewDecl: |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | |
| 3534 | // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| 3535 | // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| 3536 | // keyword. |
| 3537 | SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| 3538 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3539 | // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous |
| 3540 | // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via |
| 3541 | // PrevDecl. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | TagDecl *New; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3546 | // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 | New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | // If this is an undefined enum, warn. |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | if (TK != TK_Definition && !Invalid) { |
| 3551 | unsigned DK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? diag::err_forward_ref_enum |
| 3552 | : diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; |
| 3553 | Diag(Loc, DK); |
| 3554 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | } else { |
| 3556 | // struct/union/class |
| 3557 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3559 | // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Ted Kremenek | 2b345eb | 2008-09-05 17:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | |
| 3569 | if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
| 3570 | // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default |
| 3571 | // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These |
| 3572 | // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the |
| 3573 | // structure. |
| 3574 | // |
| 3575 | // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| 3576 | // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is |
| 3577 | // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| 3578 | // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| 3579 | // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| 3580 | // parsing of the struct). |
Chris Lattner | 574aa40 | 2009-02-17 01:09:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 | if (unsigned Alignment = getPragmaPackAlignment()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | New->addAttr(::new (Context) PackedAttr(Alignment * 8)); |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | } |
| 3584 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3585 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && SS.isEmpty() && Name && !Invalid) { |
| 3586 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p3: |
| 3587 | // [...] Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration |
| 3588 | // shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name |
| 3589 | // that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other |
| 3590 | // than the class or enumeration itself. |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 | LookupResult Lookup = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | TypedefDecl *PrevTypedef = 0; |
| 3593 | if (Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 3594 | PrevTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Lookup.getAsDecl()); |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | if (PrevTypedef && isDeclInScope(PrevTypedef, SearchDC, S) && |
| 3597 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(PrevTypedef)) != |
| 3598 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New))) { |
| 3599 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) |
| 3600 | << Context.getTypeDeclType(New) |
| 3601 | << PrevTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 3602 | Diag(PrevTypedef->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3603 | Invalid = true; |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | } |
| 3606 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | if (Invalid) |
| 3608 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3609 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3610 | if (Attr) |
| 3611 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(New, Attr); |
| 3612 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope |
| 3614 | // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3616 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 3617 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 | // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 3619 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3621 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0cf8830 | 2009-03-26 01:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | // Set the access specifier. |
| 3623 | SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); |
Douglas Gregor | 06c0fec | 2009-03-25 22:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 | if (TK == TK_Definition) |
| 3626 | New->startDefinition(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | |
| 3628 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 3629 | if (Name) { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 | CurContext->addDecl(Context, New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3637 | } |
| 3638 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 | |
| 3643 | // Enter the tag context. |
| 3644 | PushDeclContext(S, Tag); |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 3647 | FieldCollector->StartClass(); |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | if (Record->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3650 | // C++ [class]p2: |
| 3651 | // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the |
| 3652 | // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For |
| 3653 | // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated |
| 3654 | // as if it were a public member name. |
Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3656 | = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), |
| 3657 | CurContext, Record->getLocation(), |
| 3658 | Record->getIdentifier(), Record); |
| 3659 | InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 | InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); |
Douglas Gregor | befc20e | 2009-03-26 00:10:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 3662 | InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); |
Douglas Gregor | c9b5b40 | 2009-03-25 15:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3664 | assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && |
| 3665 | "Broken injected-class-name"); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | } |
| 3667 | } |
| 3668 | } |
| 3669 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | |
| 3674 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 3675 | FieldCollector->FinishClass(); |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. |
| 3678 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. |
| 3681 | Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); |
| 3682 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5a6ddbf | 2008-06-21 19:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3683 | |
Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 | // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. |
Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | // Handle incomplete types with specific error. |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) |
| 3693 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | if (FieldName) |
| 3695 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) |
| 3696 | << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
| 3697 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) |
| 3698 | << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | |
| 3701 | // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check |
| 3702 | // it now. |
| 3703 | if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) |
| 3704 | return false; |
| 3705 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 3707 | if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) |
| 3708 | return true; |
| 3709 | |
Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 | // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. |
| 3711 | if (Value == 0 && FieldName) |
| 3712 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; |
| 3713 | |
Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3714 | if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { |
| 3715 | if (FieldName) |
| 3716 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| 3717 | << FieldName << Value.toString(10); |
| 3718 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| 3719 | << Value.toString(10); |
| 3720 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 3723 | uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); |
Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { |
| 3725 | if (FieldName) |
| 3726 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| 3727 | << FieldName << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| 3728 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| 3729 | << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| 3730 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | |
| 3733 | return false; |
| 3734 | } |
| 3735 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3737 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD, |
| 3739 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3740 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { |
| 3741 | FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()), |
| 3742 | DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), |
| 3743 | AS_public); |
| 3744 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Res); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3745 | } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. |
| 3748 | /// |
| 3749 | FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, |
| 3750 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, |
| 3752 | AccessSpecifier AS) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3754 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3755 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Chris Lattner | 6491f47 | 2009-04-12 22:15:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3760 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| 3762 | |
Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3763 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) |
| 3764 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); |
| 3765 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
| 3767 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) |
| 3768 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | FieldDecl *NewFD |
| 3771 | = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, Record, Loc, |
| 3772 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | BitWidth, AS, PrevDecl, &D); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3774 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { |
| 3775 | // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something |
| 3776 | // with the same name in the same scope. |
| 3777 | } else if (II) { |
| 3778 | PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); |
| 3779 | } else |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 | Record->addDecl(Context, NewFD); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | |
| 3782 | return NewFD; |
| 3783 | } |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. |
| 3786 | /// |
| 3787 | /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, |
| 3788 | /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration |
| 3789 | /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be |
| 3790 | /// created. |
| 3791 | /// |
| 3792 | /// \returns a new FieldDecl. |
| 3793 | /// |
| 3794 | /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once |
| 3795 | FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 3796 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3797 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | Declarator *D) { |
| 3800 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); |
Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3804 | // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and |
| 3805 | // marking this declaration as invalid. |
| 3806 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 3807 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3808 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3809 | } |
| 3810 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3812 | // than a variably modified type. |
Eli Friedman | 9db1397 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 3815 | QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, |
| 3816 | SizeIsNegative); |
| 3817 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 3818 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 3819 | T = FixedTy; |
| 3820 | } else { |
| 3821 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 3822 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 3823 | else |
| 3824 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); |
| 3825 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3826 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3827 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3828 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | // Fields can not have abstract class types |
Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | AbstractFieldType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3834 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. |
| 3836 | if (BitWidth && VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { |
| 3837 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3838 | DeleteExpr(BitWidth); |
| 3839 | BitWidth = 0; |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3840 | } |
| 3841 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3842 | FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, BitWidth, |
| 3843 | Mutable); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 3845 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3847 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3848 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3849 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3850 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | } |
| 3852 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T->isPODType()) |
| 3854 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->setPOD(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3855 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST |
| 3857 | // representation, not a parser representation. |
| 3858 | if (D) |
| 3859 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, *D); |
| 3860 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | f6123ca | 2009-02-19 00:22:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3861 | if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | ed7e9ef | 2009-02-18 18:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); |
Anders Carlsson | ad14806 | 2008-02-16 00:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3863 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | NewFD->setAccess(AS); |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1: |
| 3867 | // An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with [...] no |
| 3868 | // private or protected non-static data members (clause 11). |
| 3869 | // A POD must be an aggregate. |
| 3870 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 3871 | (AS == AS_private || AS == AS_protected)) { |
| 3872 | CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); |
| 3873 | CXXRecord->setAggregate(false); |
| 3874 | CXXRecord->setPOD(false); |
| 3875 | } |
| 3876 | |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | return NewFD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3878 | } |
| 3879 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an |
| 3881 | /// AST enum value. |
Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl |
Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3884 | switch (ivarVisibility) { |
Chris Lattner | 33d34a6 | 2008-10-12 00:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); |
| 3886 | case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; |
| 3887 | case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; |
| 3888 | case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; |
| 3889 | case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | } |
| 3891 | } |
| 3892 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this |
| 3894 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, |
| 3896 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3897 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3898 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3900 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 3901 | Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
| 3902 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3903 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| 3906 | // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
| 3907 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3909 | |
| 3910 | if (BitWidth) { |
Steve Naroff | 63359c8 | 2009-02-20 17:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3911 | // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3912 | if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3913 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3914 | DeleteExpr(BitWidth); |
| 3915 | BitWidth = 0; |
| 3916 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3917 | } else { |
| 3918 | // Not a bitfield. |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | // validate II. |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3925 | // than a variably modified type. |
| 3926 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3927 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3928 | D.setInvalidType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3929 | } |
| 3930 | |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3931 | // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. |
| 3932 | ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = |
| 3933 | Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) |
| 3934 | : ObjCIvarDecl::None; |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | // Construct the decl. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0c00aac | 2009-02-17 20:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, T,ac, |
Steve Naroff | 8f3b265 | 2008-07-16 18:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3939 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3940 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3941 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3942 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) |
| 3943 | && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3944 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3945 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3946 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3947 | } |
| 3948 | } |
| 3949 | |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3950 | // Process attributes attached to the ivar. |
Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3951 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewID, D); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | |
Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3953 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | if (II) { |
| 3957 | // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add |
| 3958 | // these to the interface. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(NewID)); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); |
| 3961 | } |
| 3962 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | return DeclPtrTy::make(NewID); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 | } |
| 3965 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9d048ff | 2007-09-29 00:54:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3966 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclPtrTy RecDecl, |
| 3968 | DeclPtrTy *Fields, unsigned NumFields, |
Daniel Dunbar | 1bfe1c2 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 | AttributeList *Attr) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | Decl *EnclosingDecl = RecDecl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | |
| 3974 | // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a |
| 3975 | // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. |
| 3976 | if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 3977 | // FIXME: Deallocate fields? |
| 3978 | return; |
| 3979 | } |
| 3980 | |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3982 | // Verify that all the fields are okay. |
| 3983 | unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; |
| 3984 | llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3985 | |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3987 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3988 | FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i].getAs<Decl>()); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3989 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | // Get the type for the field. |
Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3991 | Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3992 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3993 | if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3994 | // Remember all fields written by the user. |
| 3995 | RecFields.push_back(FD); |
| 3996 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | |
| 3998 | // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more |
| 3999 | // diagnostics about it. |
| 4000 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 4001 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4002 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4003 | // C99 6.7.2.1p2: |
| 4004 | // A structure or union shall not contain a member with |
| 4005 | // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not |
| 4006 | // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to |
| 4007 | // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a |
| 4008 | // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete |
| 4009 | // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, |
| 4010 | // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) |
| 4011 | // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an |
| 4012 | // array. |
Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4013 | if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | // Field declared as a function. |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4016 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4017 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4018 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4019 | continue; |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && i == NumFields - 1 && |
| 4021 | Record && Record->isStruct()) { |
| 4022 | // Flexible array member. |
| 4023 | if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4024 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4025 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4027 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | continue; |
| 4029 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4030 | // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. |
Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4031 | if (Record) |
| 4032 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 | } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && |
| 4034 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 4035 | diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| 4036 | // Incomplete type |
| 4037 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4038 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4039 | continue; |
| 4040 | } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAsRecordType()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
| 4042 | // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4043 | if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| 4045 | } else { |
| 4046 | // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject |
| 4047 | // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of |
| 4048 | // structures. |
Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4049 | if (i != NumFields-1) |
| 4050 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) |
Chris Lattner | 740782a | 2009-04-25 18:52:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 | << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4052 | else { |
| 4053 | // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in |
| 4054 | // other structs as an extension. |
| 4055 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) |
| 4056 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
| 4057 | if (Record) |
| 4058 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | } |
| 4061 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4062 | } else if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 4063 | /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); |
Fariborz Jahanian | e7f64cc | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4066 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4067 | continue; |
| 4068 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | // Keep track of the number of named members. |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | if (FD->getIdentifier()) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | ++NumNamedMembers; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 | // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4075 | if (Record) { |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4076 | Record->completeDefinition(Context); |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4077 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | a91d381 | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4078 | ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(&RecFields[0]); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 60f8c86 | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 38af2de | 2009-02-20 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4080 | ID->setIVarList(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), Context); |
| 4081 | ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); |
| 4082 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be |
| 4084 | // duplicates. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
| 4086 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = ID->ivar_begin(), |
| 4087 | IVE = ID->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { |
| 4088 | ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); |
Daniel Dunbar | ad04e67 | 2009-05-03 01:08:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4089 | |
| 4090 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier()) { |
| 4091 | ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = |
| 4092 | ID->getSuperClass()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II); |
| 4093 | if (prevIvar) { |
| 4094 | Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 4095 | Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 4096 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4099 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4100 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| 4101 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
Douglas Gregor | 8f36aba | 2009-04-23 03:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 4104 | // FIXME: Set the DeclContext correctly when we build the |
| 4105 | // declarations. |
| 4106 | ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); |
| 4107 | IMPDecl->addDecl(Context, ClsFields[I]); |
| 4108 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3a3ca1b | 2007-10-31 18:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
Fariborz Jahanian | d0b90bf | 2007-09-26 18:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4110 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | b04a021 | 2007-09-14 21:08:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | |
| 4113 | if (Attr) |
| 4114 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(Record, Attr); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | } |
| 4116 | |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4117 | EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 4118 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 4119 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4120 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 4121 | ExprArg val) { |
| 4122 | Expr *Val = (Expr *)val.get(); |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 | llvm::APSInt EnumVal(32); |
| 4125 | QualType EltTy; |
| 4126 | if (Val && !Val->isTypeDependent()) { |
| 4127 | // Make sure to promote the operand type to int. |
| 4128 | UsualUnaryConversions(Val); |
| 4129 | if (Val != val.get()) { |
| 4130 | val.release(); |
| 4131 | val = Val; |
| 4132 | } |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 | // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. |
| 4135 | SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
| 4136 | if (!Val->isValueDependent() && |
| 4137 | VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { |
| 4138 | Val = 0; |
| 4139 | } else { |
| 4140 | EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| 4141 | } |
| 4142 | } |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | if (!Val) { |
| 4145 | if (LastEnumConst) { |
| 4146 | // Assign the last value + 1. |
| 4147 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 4148 | ++EnumVal; |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | // Check for overflow on increment. |
| 4151 | if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) |
| 4152 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); |
| 4155 | } else { |
| 4156 | // First value, set to zero. |
| 4157 | EltTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 4158 | EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(static_cast<uint32_t>(Context.getTypeSize(EltTy))); |
| 4159 | } |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | val.release(); |
| 4163 | return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, |
| 4164 | Val, EnumVal); |
| 4165 | } |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4168 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy theEnumDecl, |
| 4169 | DeclPtrTy lastEnumConst, |
| 4170 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4171 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 4172 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { |
| 4173 | EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl.getAs<Decl>()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst.getAs<Decl>()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 | Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); |
| 4177 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4178 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 4179 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4180 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4181 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4182 | // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this |
| 4183 | // scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4184 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4185 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4186 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 4187 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 4188 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 4189 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ff12f0 | 2008-07-16 21:01:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4193 | // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the |
| 4194 | // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. |
| 4195 | assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && |
| 4196 | "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 15a12d0 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4197 | if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4199 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | else |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4201 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4202 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | f306f86 | 2009-02-28 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4203 | if (Val) Val->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4204 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4205 | } |
| 4206 | } |
| 4207 | |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4208 | EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, |
| 4209 | IdLoc, Id, Owned(Val)); |
Chris Lattner | 421a23d | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4210 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4211 | // Register this decl in the current scope stack. |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4212 | if (New) |
| 4213 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 45579f5 | 2008-12-17 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4214 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4215 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | } |
| 4217 | |
Mike Stump | c6e35aa | 2009-05-16 07:06:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4218 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 4219 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc, DeclPtrTy EnumDeclX, |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | DeclPtrTy *Elements, unsigned NumElements) { |
| 4221 | EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4222 | QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4223 | |
Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4224 | // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long |
| 4225 | // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, |
| 4226 | // emit a warning. |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4227 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4228 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4229 | // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and |
| 4230 | // reverse the list. |
| 4231 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; |
| 4232 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. |
| 4235 | bool AllElementsInt = true; |
| 4236 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 4238 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4239 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4240 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | |
| 4242 | // If the enum value doesn't fit in an int, emit an extension warning. |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4243 | const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | assert(InitVal.getBitWidth() >= IntWidth && |
| 4245 | "Should have promoted value to int"); |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4246 | if (InitVal.getBitWidth() > IntWidth) { |
| 4247 | llvm::APSInt V(InitVal); |
| 4248 | V.trunc(IntWidth); |
| 4249 | V.extend(InitVal.getBitWidth()); |
| 4250 | if (V != InitVal) |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 | Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| 4252 | << InitVal.toString(10); |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4253 | } |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4254 | |
| 4255 | // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4257 | NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, |
| 4258 | (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4259 | else |
Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4260 | NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, |
| 4261 | (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4263 | // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). |
| 4264 | if (AllElementsInt) |
| 4265 | AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4266 | } |
| 4267 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4268 | // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. |
| 4269 | // FIXME: Support attribute(packed) on enums and -fshort-enums. |
| 4270 | QualType BestType; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 | unsigned BestWidth; |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4272 | |
| 4273 | if (NumNegativeBits) { |
| 4274 | // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of |
| 4275 | // int/long/longlong) that fits. |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4276 | if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4277 | BestType = Context.IntTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4278 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4279 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4281 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4282 | if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4283 | BestType = Context.LongTy; |
| 4284 | else { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4285 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4286 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4287 | if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4288 | Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); |
| 4289 | BestType = Context.LongLongTy; |
| 4290 | } |
| 4291 | } |
| 4292 | } else { |
| 4293 | // If there is no negative value, figure out which of uint, ulong, ulonglong |
| 4294 | // fits. |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4295 | if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4296 | BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4298 | } else if (NumPositiveBits <= |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4299 | (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4300 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4301 | } else { |
| 4302 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4303 | assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4304 | "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); |
| 4305 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| 4306 | } |
| 4307 | } |
| 4308 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match |
| 4310 | // the type of the enum if needed. |
| 4311 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 4312 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4313 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>()); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4314 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an |
| 4317 | // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each |
| 4318 | // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the |
| 4319 | // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" |
| 4320 | // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4321 | if (ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy) { |
| 4322 | // Make sure the init value is signed. |
| 4323 | llvm::APSInt IV = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 4324 | IV.setIsSigned(true); |
| 4325 | ECD->setInitVal(IV); |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4326 | |
| 4327 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4328 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4329 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4330 | // enumeration. |
| 4331 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4332 | continue; // Already int type. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4333 | } |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4334 | |
| 4335 | // Determine whether the value fits into an int. |
| 4336 | llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 4337 | bool FitsInInt; |
| 4338 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || !InitVal.isNegative()) |
| 4339 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getActiveBits() < IntWidth; |
| 4340 | else |
| 4341 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getMinSignedBits() <= IntWidth; |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match |
| 4344 | // the enum decl type. |
| 4345 | QualType NewTy; |
| 4346 | unsigned NewWidth; |
| 4347 | bool NewSign; |
| 4348 | if (FitsInInt) { |
| 4349 | NewTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 4350 | NewWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4351 | NewSign = true; |
| 4352 | } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { |
| 4353 | // Already the right type! |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4354 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4355 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4356 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4357 | // enumeration. |
| 4358 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4359 | continue; |
| 4360 | } else { |
| 4361 | NewTy = BestType; |
| 4362 | NewWidth = BestWidth; |
| 4363 | NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); |
| 4364 | } |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | // Adjust the APSInt value. |
| 4367 | InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); |
| 4368 | InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); |
| 4369 | ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. |
Chris Lattner | 13fd416 | 2009-01-15 19:19:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4372 | if (ECD->getInitExpr()) |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4373 | ECD->setInitExpr(new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr(), |
| 4374 | /*isLvalue=*/false)); |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4375 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4376 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4377 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4378 | // enumeration. |
| 4379 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 4380 | else |
| 4381 | ECD->setType(NewTy); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4382 | } |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4383 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4384 | Enum->completeDefinition(Context, BestType); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4385 | } |
| 4386 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4387 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4388 | ExprArg expr) { |
Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4389 | StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr.takeAs<Expr>()); |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4390 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4391 | return DeclPtrTy::make(FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 4392 | Loc, AsmString)); |
Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4393 | } |